<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jb4814</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jb4814"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Jb4814"/>
	<updated>2026-04-07T10:57:02Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794698</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794698"/>
		<updated>2019-11-08T13:29:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The longer tail of the acylglucosylceramide is  twice as long as the shorter tail. This longer tail is long enough to span an entire bilayer whilst the other tail inserts into a different but equally close lipid bilayer. Thus it acts as a rivet to hold two bilayers together to promote the flattening of lipid vesicles and to stack them efficiently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This acylglucosylceramide plays a key role in the formation of these lamellar granules as lamellar granules are only present in cells where this acylglucosylceramide is also present. Neither are present in cells in your mouth etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epidermis of fish and reptiles do not contain the acylglucosylceramide and also do not contain the lamellar granules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the exocytosis of the lipids into the external lipid medium, the membrane bounding of the lamellar granules fuses to the cell membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glucosylceramides become deglycosylated at this point and the linoleate is removed and recycled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting w-hydroxyceramide becomes covalently to the cell envelope and this hydroxyceramide coats the membrane layers and is responsible for the corneocytes becoming impermeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once deglycosylated, the resulting acylceraide is dumped into the intercellular space and plays an important role in organising the lipids in the membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bilayers that were riveted together in the lamellar granules are still riveted together and the bilayers move around together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major lipid classes are ceramides (50%), cholesterol (25%) and fatty acids (10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of ceramides that one can separate in porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free fatty acids found in human and porcine skin are straight chained, saturated species about 16-30 carbons in length&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol is the largest SINGLE lipid and the skin is saturated with cholesterol. Cholesterol is thought to be able to make the gel phase more fluid and more pliable than simply having no cholesterol. This is hugely important in skin as it needs to be fairly flexible. Brittle skin would rip and the organism would die. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the lipids are cylindrical or rod shaped and as such are perfect for forming highly ordered, flat lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is thought that both liquid phase and gel phases coexist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coexistence is though to occur in a mosaic manner - gel phases are separated from one another by a continuous liquid domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polar molecules can diffuse along the polar head groups whilst non polar molecules diffuse through the non polar matrix on the inside of lipid bilayer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffusion is easier in the liquid domain than in the gel domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phase boundary has the greatest number of packing defects and therefore diffusion is easiest here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the junction between corneocytes and the lipid membranes there exists three bands, one broad (5nm), one narrow (3nm) and then another broad (5nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A zipper like structure holds together the corneocytes made from sphingosines from the hydroxyacylceramides. Free lipids fill some of the space created&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 band (total width 26 nm) and 9 band arrangements also exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landmann units exist in 12 band formations where the middle 2 are both broad and held together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lipid layers are covalently bound to the corneocytes to provide continuous protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The acylceramide that exists in the granule organelles also exist in the Landmann units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the acylceramide is removed, then the 13nm repeating band width is no longer seen in x-ray diffraction studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desmosomes are thought to be highly important in producing a cohesive layer. Their degradation is important to cell replacement from below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) Ibsen, Ma, Banerjee&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic Liquids (ILS) have shown great promise in our fight against antibiotic resistant microbes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The mechanism is unknown but if we were to know we could devise highly potent but minimally toxic (to humans) reagents.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Previously CAGE has been shown to be highly effective against bacteria, fungi and viruses but begnin to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Four variants of CAGE investigated with the minimum concentration required to kill E. Coli found in each case.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular Dynamics simulations to find mechanism of CAGE on E. Coli is found to be related to how the choline is attracted to the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This aids insertion of the geranic acid into the lipid bilayer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This was confirmed with propidium iodide staining via flow cytometry and scanning electron microscopy&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR shows the lipid membrane was altered in a similar fashion to a phase transition &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No resistance was shown upon multiple exposures to the ionic liquid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Antibiotics are becoming increasingly useless and hard to replace.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ILS are a very diverse group of compounds with the potential to mix and match ions to tune their behaviour&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The properties of ILS can also be tuned by altering the side chains&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It could have a similar mechanism to cationic biocides or surfactants such as benzalkonium chloride &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline has reported to have displayed anti-microbial properties with a range of counterions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline and geranic acid form an ionic liquid with good antimicrobial properties whilst not being toxic to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Low quantities of CAGE provided complete bacterial neutralization&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism postulated to be that the aliphatic chain inserts into a similar manner to pesticides/surfactants&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Could also be due to the inhibition of acetylcholinesterase by the cation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular dynamics simulations show imidazolium cations interact with the polar headgroup of lipids and insert hydrophobic tails into the membrane&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These interactions are highly dependent on the charge and structure of the the cations and counterions and the complexity of the membranes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The secondary effects of chain insertion on signalling etc is unknown&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This information could lead to improved tuning and avoidance of resistance&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Investigated choline bicarbonate: Geranic Acid ratios of 1:4/1:2/1:1 / 2:1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR INCLUDED IN THIS PAPER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR results are all good with integrals working out well&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Minimum bactericidal concentration is lowest for combinations of choline bicarbonate and geranic acid than the 2 together&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This seems that they have to work together to have any effect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;13 nM CAGE was bacteriostatic. 6nM allowed slight colony growth which plateaued and no further growth was seen.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Propidiumm Iodide (PI) was used to stain dead bacteria cells. After 2 hours 8mM CAGE showed limiting staining, 26 mM CAGE showed considerable staining.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quaternary ammoniumm choline cation with a small hydroxyl alkyl chain can penetrate the lipopolysaccharides (LPS) domain and form stable interactions with the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline facilitates the penetration of geranate ions into the lipid tails – the negative headgroup is not in the hydrophobic domain and is stabilised by the choline.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline without the excess geranic acid (2:1 and 1:1 ratios) easily penetrates the membrane binding to the negatively charged core and the lipid head groups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Higher density of choline results in a higher density within the core LPS headgroups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranate penetrates the outer LPS leaflet and reaches the inner leaflet&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Equilibrium is reached within 6-7 us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bicarbonate ions with short alkyl chains don’t insert into the LPS domain&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Compared to choline in the 2:1 and 1:1 ratios, the number of contacts is 6-8 times lower for geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In 1:2 and 1:4 mixes, uncharged geranic acid molecules penetrate the outer and the inner leaflets of the membrane, especially in 1:4.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Penetration of pure geranic acid without any choline present is dire&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Replacing choline with an Na+ ion displays no improvement in the penetration of the geranate ion. The Na+ ion penetrates the LPS core and makes contact with the membrane lipids but Na+ is a hard ion so doesn’t interact with the geranate ion. The geranate ion does not get pulled through. Therefore, choline is an essential ingredient for the penetration of geranate ions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Scanning Electron microscopy was used to image the cell membrane before and after application of CAGE. The membrane appeared rough and flakey compared to the smooth surface of untreated cells. 2:1 choline : geranic acid gave a bubbly texture whilst only a small number had burst the cell membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR was used to investigate cells grown in a sublethal concentration of CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This resulted in increased peak height (greater increase for 24 hour growth compared to 2 hour growth) which demonstrates an increased quantity of these bonds. Therefore, the cell has responded by increasing the number of lipids in the membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An upwards shift in the frequencies of these peaks also denotes a conformational change within the membrane from an ordered gel phase to a disordered liquid phase&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cell resistance was investigated but neither method displayed any chance of resistance with lipid formations not changing to prevent penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranic acid and choline are both naturally occuring safe compounds&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Outer membrane is LPS rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Inner membrane is DPPE rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;E.Coli is heavily negatively charged --&amp;gt; The fact they are negatively charged makes them susceptible to CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;LPS negative charge is effectively screened by the choline Cation which facilitate the movement of geranic acid into the inner layer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1:4 CAGE has the highest penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrophobic geranic acid is able to dissociate from the cation enabling it to penetrate further&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It is structurally similar to fatty acids hence has a good ability to penetrate further in but combining it with choline gives It better solubility in aqueous environments&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects of permeation enhancers - &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Curikova 2017&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and can be highly variable in nature.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; The paper prepared skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and indomethacin (IND)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester) and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than Azone&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes (corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate and other lipids. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal orthorhombic manner. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so testing for human medicines is tough.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower permeabilities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Materials/Method&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancement Ratio (ER) = &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; where Je is the flux in the presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR) = EI1/EI2 where EI1 is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI2 is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin quicker than through the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was significantly different to that of the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um. This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned in the paper&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in line with result from the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied before applying the drug itself.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless of when the enhancer was added.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the longer spacing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the membranes become easier to permeate through.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in these two enhancers was not due to that&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can work.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Tanner Ibsen Mitragotri 2018 – transdermal insulin delivery  using choline based ionic liquids&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Transdermal delivery of pharmaceuticals using ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents is promising&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;They are tuneable and can transport large molecules across the skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Viscosity, miscibility and transport enhancement can be controlled through the choice of ions used&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Physicochemical properties such as viscosity, miscibility and conductivity was measured&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Effects of transdermal drug delivery measured on ex Vivo porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Transdermal drug delivery is beneficial because it is non invasive, avoids first pass elimination and improves patient compliance&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents have been shown to be biocompatible agents that can improve the permeability of the stratum corneum&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The ratio between the anion and the cation can significantly alter the physical properties of the ionic liquid and the interactions it has with the stratum corneum&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results and discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR discussed and presented for cage&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The position of the OH peak in choline shifts with changing the ratios of choline and Geranic acid. The shift decreases from 11-10-6 in a linear ish manner as the proton becomes more shielded as more choline is introduced. This suggests that the proton on the choline is hydrogen bonding to the Geranic acid which is in turn deshielding the proton. As the choline moves to excess it cannot hydrogen bond to the Geranic acid any more&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Degree of hydrogen bonding is likely to change how each variant with biological membrane and the dissolved compound&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Manipulation of the hydrogen bonding allows poorly soluble drugs to dissolve&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic liquids with a higher degree of hydrogen bonding shows less skin irritation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NOESY was used to identify through space interactions that occur within 5nm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This represents a global average of interactions as instantaneous ones are too short to be seen.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NOESY won&#039;t show h bonding between the Geranic acid and the choline as the lability of the proton means these bonds are also formed and broken quicker than the timescale of the experiment&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NOESY is being used to investigate non hydrogen bonding interactions that occur over a long period in solution&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Each variant displays different inter and intra ionic interactions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;CAGE 1:2 ; primary interactions are between the sp3 protons (both terminal and internal methyl groups) and the methyl groups attached to the nitrogen on choline&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;CAGE 1:1; Same as 1:2 plus through space interactions between the hydroxyl proton on the internal protons on Geranic acid. (In this case the internal CH3 group and the protons on the two neighbouring carbons to the right (13/14/17/18)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For 2:1 CAGE interactions with the nitrogen methyl groups dominate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For CAGE 1:4; interactions exist between both the choline and the external and internal protons of Geranic acid. This demonstrates that the bonding in CAGE is probably a complicated form of molecules all rapidly exchanging protons&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Most likely 4 Geranic acid molecules circling one choline molecule&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Different microscopic interactions might make the CAGE act differently in biological situations&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Will also effect which molecules will be soluble&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;More Geranic acid, more hydrophobic solvent. More choline, more hydrophilic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For 1:1 CAGE the proximity and strength of the hydroxyl proton to the alkyl groups of the geranate ion suggests that they may prefer to interact with each other rather than a drug molecule or lipids in the skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An almost linear trend of more choline the higher the viscosity and conductivity appears&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;We might expect a less viscous ionic liquid to be better at conducting but it could be due to the fact that short lived neutral pairings are produced resulting in about 1/2 of all ions not contributing to conductivity&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This can be interpreted as the Geranic acid content changes the viscosity changes. As there is more Geranic acid, the viscosity decreases and it becomes more fluid. However, it disrupts the natural pairing of cation and anions and increases proton transfers to decrease conductivity&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1:1 pairing is the odd one out. Conductivity is very low as it&#039;s much more likely to go around as a neutral molecule whilst the viscosity is much greater as ions cannot flow without bumping into an oppositely charged ion and forming a pair&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Conductivity and viscosity needs to be minimised in a cream based medicine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;High conductivity leads to high skin irritation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pairing of ions shields the charge and protects the skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Thermal stability not effected by the change in ion ratios&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;All variants had MPs below 100&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Short term stability : 1:2&amp;gt;1:4&amp;gt;1:1&amp;gt;2:1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The glass transition temperature was measured for all variants and found to be between –50 and –150 for all variants in the order 2:1&amp;lt;1:2&amp;lt;1:4&amp;lt;1:1 whilst 2:1 was by far the lowest.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Follows a trend of increasing geranic acid content to increasing Tg.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Water miscibility of CAGE can be altered by changing the ratio of choline to geranic acid. A high choline component means it is completely miscible with water. 1:2 ratio of choline to geranic acid was sparingly soluble and 1:4 was completely immiscible&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR has been used to interrogate changes in the intracellular lipids in the stratum corneum and the mechanism by which penetration is enhanced&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Extraction/fluidization of the lipids of the bilayers that surround the corneocytes in the SC increases the permeability of the skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;CAGE may simply work as a solvent, diffusing into the lipids and partition in them, weakening inner-lipid interactions and extracting the excess CAGE from the surface of the skin into the bilayers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; FTIR was used to investigate the effect of CAGE on the lipid structure. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lipid bond vibrations have peaks between 2800 cm-1 and 3000 cm-1 and the peak height is indicative of the amount of that vibration present.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Peak height of the peaks at 2850 cm-1 (symmetric CH2 stretching) and 2920 cm-1 (Asymmetric CH2 bond stretching) decreases with increasing geranic acid content&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lipid extraction is shown by reduction in the peak height of the peak at 2850 cm-1. Broadneing/positive shift of this peak is representitive of a fluidisation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Octanol/water partition coefficients show increasing hydrophobicity with increasing geranic acid.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This leads to increased lipid removal from the SC.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;CAE 1:2 shows the best detectable transport of insulin through the porcine membrane&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1:4 was ok but 2:1 and 1:1 were terrible and just accumulated on the skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranic acid by itself is also useless at transporting things across the membrane despite a similar level of lipid extraction to that shown by the 1:2 and 1:4 CAGE variants&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranic acid is highly hydrophobic and may not be able to dissolve proteins&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline by itself will also not work&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ex vivo models can predict in vivo results because the stratum corneum is the greatest barrier to drug permeation but is made up of dead corneocytes. Thus ex vivo procine skin gives very closely aligned results to in vivo studies&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794697</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794697"/>
		<updated>2019-11-08T12:44:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The longer tail of the acylglucosylceramide is  twice as long as the shorter tail. This longer tail is long enough to span an entire bilayer whilst the other tail inserts into a different but equally close lipid bilayer. Thus it acts as a rivet to hold two bilayers together to promote the flattening of lipid vesicles and to stack them efficiently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This acylglucosylceramide plays a key role in the formation of these lamellar granules as lamellar granules are only present in cells where this acylglucosylceramide is also present. Neither are present in cells in your mouth etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epidermis of fish and reptiles do not contain the acylglucosylceramide and also do not contain the lamellar granules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the exocytosis of the lipids into the external lipid medium, the membrane bounding of the lamellar granules fuses to the cell membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glucosylceramides become deglycosylated at this point and the linoleate is removed and recycled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting w-hydroxyceramide becomes covalently to the cell envelope and this hydroxyceramide coats the membrane layers and is responsible for the corneocytes becoming impermeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once deglycosylated, the resulting acylceraide is dumped into the intercellular space and plays an important role in organising the lipids in the membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bilayers that were riveted together in the lamellar granules are still riveted together and the bilayers move around together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major lipid classes are ceramides (50%), cholesterol (25%) and fatty acids (10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of ceramides that one can separate in porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free fatty acids found in human and porcine skin are straight chained, saturated species about 16-30 carbons in length&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol is the largest SINGLE lipid and the skin is saturated with cholesterol. Cholesterol is thought to be able to make the gel phase more fluid and more pliable than simply having no cholesterol. This is hugely important in skin as it needs to be fairly flexible. Brittle skin would rip and the organism would die. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the lipids are cylindrical or rod shaped and as such are perfect for forming highly ordered, flat lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is thought that both liquid phase and gel phases coexist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coexistence is though to occur in a mosaic manner - gel phases are separated from one another by a continuous liquid domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polar molecules can diffuse along the polar head groups whilst non polar molecules diffuse through the non polar matrix on the inside of lipid bilayer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffusion is easier in the liquid domain than in the gel domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phase boundary has the greatest number of packing defects and therefore diffusion is easiest here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the junction between corneocytes and the lipid membranes there exists three bands, one broad (5nm), one narrow (3nm) and then another broad (5nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A zipper like structure holds together the corneocytes made from sphingosines from the hydroxyacylceramides. Free lipids fill some of the space created&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 band (total width 26 nm) and 9 band arrangements also exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landmann units exist in 12 band formations where the middle 2 are both broad and held together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lipid layers are covalently bound to the corneocytes to provide continuous protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The acylceramide that exists in the granule organelles also exist in the Landmann units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the acylceramide is removed, then the 13nm repeating band width is no longer seen in x-ray diffraction studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desmosomes are thought to be highly important in producing a cohesive layer. Their degradation is important to cell replacement from below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) Ibsen, Ma, Banerjee&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic Liquids (ILS) have shown great promise in our fight against antibiotic resistant microbes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The mechanism is unknown but if we were to know we could devise highly potent but minimally toxic (to humans) reagents.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Previously CAGE has been shown to be highly effective against bacteria, fungi and viruses but begnin to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Four variants of CAGE investigated with the minimum concentration required to kill E. Coli found in each case.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular Dynamics simulations to find mechanism of CAGE on E. Coli is found to be related to how the choline is attracted to the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This aids insertion of the geranic acid into the lipid bilayer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This was confirmed with propidium iodide staining via flow cytometry and scanning electron microscopy&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR shows the lipid membrane was altered in a similar fashion to a phase transition &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No resistance was shown upon multiple exposures to the ionic liquid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Antibiotics are becoming increasingly useless and hard to replace.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ILS are a very diverse group of compounds with the potential to mix and match ions to tune their behaviour&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The properties of ILS can also be tuned by altering the side chains&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It could have a similar mechanism to cationic biocides or surfactants such as benzalkonium chloride &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline has reported to have displayed anti-microbial properties with a range of counterions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline and geranic acid form an ionic liquid with good antimicrobial properties whilst not being toxic to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Low quantities of CAGE provided complete bacterial neutralization&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism postulated to be that the aliphatic chain inserts into a similar manner to pesticides/surfactants&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Could also be due to the inhibition of acetylcholinesterase by the cation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular dynamics simulations show imidazolium cations interact with the polar headgroup of lipids and insert hydrophobic tails into the membrane&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These interactions are highly dependent on the charge and structure of the the cations and counterions and the complexity of the membranes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The secondary effects of chain insertion on signalling etc is unknown&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This information could lead to improved tuning and avoidance of resistance&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Investigated choline bicarbonate: Geranic Acid ratios of 1:4/1:2/1:1 / 2:1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR INCLUDED IN THIS PAPER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR results are all good with integrals working out well&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Minimum bactericidal concentration is lowest for combinations of choline bicarbonate and geranic acid than the 2 together&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This seems that they have to work together to have any effect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;13 nM CAGE was bacteriostatic. 6nM allowed slight colony growth which plateaued and no further growth was seen.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Propidiumm Iodide (PI) was used to stain dead bacteria cells. After 2 hours 8mM CAGE showed limiting staining, 26 mM CAGE showed considerable staining.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quaternary ammoniumm choline cation with a small hydroxyl alkyl chain can penetrate the lipopolysaccharides (LPS) domain and form stable interactions with the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline facilitates the penetration of geranate ions into the lipid tails – the negative headgroup is not in the hydrophobic domain and is stabilised by the choline.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline without the excess geranic acid (2:1 and 1:1 ratios) easily penetrates the membrane binding to the negatively charged core and the lipid head groups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Higher density of choline results in a higher density within the core LPS headgroups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranate penetrates the outer LPS leaflet and reaches the inner leaflet&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Equilibrium is reached within 6-7 us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bicarbonate ions with short alkyl chains don’t insert into the LPS domain&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Compared to choline in the 2:1 and 1:1 ratios, the number of contacts is 6-8 times lower for geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In 1:2 and 1:4 mixes, uncharged geranic acid molecules penetrate the outer and the inner leaflets of the membrane, especially in 1:4.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Penetration of pure geranic acid without any choline present is dire&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Replacing choline with an Na+ ion displays no improvement in the penetration of the geranate ion. The Na+ ion penetrates the LPS core and makes contact with the membrane lipids but Na+ is a hard ion so doesn’t interact with the geranate ion. The geranate ion does not get pulled through. Therefore, choline is an essential ingredient for the penetration of geranate ions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Scanning Electron microscopy was used to image the cell membrane before and after application of CAGE. The membrane appeared rough and flakey compared to the smooth surface of untreated cells. 2:1 choline : geranic acid gave a bubbly texture whilst only a small number had burst the cell membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR was used to investigate cells grown in a sublethal concentration of CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This resulted in increased peak height (greater increase for 24 hour growth compared to 2 hour growth) which demonstrates an increased quantity of these bonds. Therefore, the cell has responded by increasing the number of lipids in the membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An upwards shift in the frequencies of these peaks also denotes a conformational change within the membrane from an ordered gel phase to a disordered liquid phase&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cell resistance was investigated but neither method displayed any chance of resistance with lipid formations not changing to prevent penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranic acid and choline are both naturally occuring safe compounds&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Outer membrane is LPS rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Inner membrane is DPPE rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;E.Coli is heavily negatively charged --&amp;gt; The fact they are negatively charged makes them susceptible to CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;LPS negative charge is effectively screened by the choline Cation which facilitate the movement of geranic acid into the inner layer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1:4 CAGE has the highest penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrophobic geranic acid is able to dissociate from the cation enabling it to penetrate further&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It is structurally similar to fatty acids hence has a good ability to penetrate further in but combining it with choline gives It better solubility in aqueous environments&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects of permeation enhancers - &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Curikova 2017&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and can be highly variable in nature.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; The paper prepared skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and indomethacin (IND)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester) and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than Azone&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes (corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate and other lipids. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal orthorhombic manner. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so testing for human medicines is tough.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower permeabilities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Materials/Method&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancement Ratio (ER) = &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; where Je is the flux in the presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR) = EI1/EI2 where EI1 is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI2 is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin quicker than through the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was significantly different to that of the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um. This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned in the paper&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in line with result from the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied before applying the drug itself.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless of when the enhancer was added.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the longer spacing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the membranes become easier to permeate through.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in these two enhancers was not due to that&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can work.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794696</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794696"/>
		<updated>2019-11-08T12:44:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The longer tail of the acylglucosylceramide is  twice as long as the shorter tail. This longer tail is long enough to span an entire bilayer whilst the other tail inserts into a different but equally close lipid bilayer. Thus it acts as a rivet to hold two bilayers together to promote the flattening of lipid vesicles and to stack them efficiently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This acylglucosylceramide plays a key role in the formation of these lamellar granules as lamellar granules are only present in cells where this acylglucosylceramide is also present. Neither are present in cells in your mouth etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epidermis of fish and reptiles do not contain the acylglucosylceramide and also do not contain the lamellar granules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the exocytosis of the lipids into the external lipid medium, the membrane bounding of the lamellar granules fuses to the cell membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glucosylceramides become deglycosylated at this point and the linoleate is removed and recycled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting w-hydroxyceramide becomes covalently to the cell envelope and this hydroxyceramide coats the membrane layers and is responsible for the corneocytes becoming impermeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once deglycosylated, the resulting acylceraide is dumped into the intercellular space and plays an important role in organising the lipids in the membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bilayers that were riveted together in the lamellar granules are still riveted together and the bilayers move around together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major lipid classes are ceramides (50%), cholesterol (25%) and fatty acids (10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of ceramides that one can separate in porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free fatty acids found in human and porcine skin are straight chained, saturated species about 16-30 carbons in length&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol is the largest SINGLE lipid and the skin is saturated with cholesterol. Cholesterol is thought to be able to make the gel phase more fluid and more pliable than simply having no cholesterol. This is hugely important in skin as it needs to be fairly flexible. Brittle skin would rip and the organism would die. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the lipids are cylindrical or rod shaped and as such are perfect for forming highly ordered, flat lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is thought that both liquid phase and gel phases coexist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coexistence is though to occur in a mosaic manner - gel phases are separated from one another by a continuous liquid domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polar molecules can diffuse along the polar head groups whilst non polar molecules diffuse through the non polar matrix on the inside of lipid bilayer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffusion is easier in the liquid domain than in the gel domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phase boundary has the greatest number of packing defects and therefore diffusion is easiest here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the junction between corneocytes and the lipid membranes there exists three bands, one broad (5nm), one narrow (3nm) and then another broad (5nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A zipper like structure holds together the corneocytes made from sphingosines from the hydroxyacylceramides. Free lipids fill some of the space created&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 band (total width 26 nm) and 9 band arrangements also exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landmann units exist in 12 band formations where the middle 2 are both broad and held together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lipid layers are covalently bound to the corneocytes to provide continuous protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The acylceramide that exists in the granule organelles also exist in the Landmann units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the acylceramide is removed, then the 13nm repeating band width is no longer seen in x-ray diffraction studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desmosomes are thought to be highly important in producing a cohesive layer. Their degradation is important to cell replacement from below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) Ibsen, Ma, Banerjee&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic Liquids (ILS) have shown great promise in our fight against antibiotic resistant microbes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The mechanism is unknown but if we were to know we could devise highly potent but minimally toxic (to humans) reagents.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Previously CAGE has been shown to be highly effective against bacteria, fungi and viruses but begnin to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Four variants of CAGE investigated with the minimum concentration required to kill E. Coli found in each case.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular Dynamics simulations to find mechanism of CAGE on E. Coli is found to be related to how the choline is attracted to the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This aids insertion of the geranic acid into the lipid bilayer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This was confirmed with propidium iodide staining via flow cytometry and scanning electron microscopy&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR shows the lipid membrane was altered in a similar fashion to a phase transition &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No resistance was shown upon multiple exposures to the ionic liquid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Antibiotics are becoming increasingly useless and hard to replace.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ILS are a very diverse group of compounds with the potential to mix and match ions to tune their behaviour&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The properties of ILS can also be tuned by altering the side chains&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It could have a similar mechanism to cationic biocides or surfactants such as benzalkonium chloride &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline has reported to have displayed anti-microbial properties with a range of counterions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline and geranic acid form an ionic liquid with good antimicrobial properties whilst not being toxic to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Low quantities of CAGE provided complete bacterial neutralization&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism postulated to be that the aliphatic chain inserts into a similar manner to pesticides/surfactants&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Could also be due to the inhibition of acetylcholinesterase by the cation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular dynamics simulations show imidazolium cations interact with the polar headgroup of lipids and insert hydrophobic tails into the membrane&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These interactions are highly dependent on the charge and structure of the the cations and counterions and the complexity of the membranes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The secondary effects of chain insertion on signalling etc is unknown&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This information could lead to improved tuning and avoidance of resistance&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Investigated choline bicarbonate: Geranic Acid ratios of 1:4/1:2/1:1 / 2:1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR INCLUDED IN THIS PAPER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR results are all good with integrals working out well&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Minimum bactericidal concentration is lowest for combinations of choline bicarbonate and geranic acid than the 2 together&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This seems that they have to work together to have any effect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;13 nM CAGE was bacteriostatic. 6nM allowed slight colony growth which plateaued and no further growth was seen.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Propidiumm Iodide (PI) was used to stain dead bacteria cells. After 2 hours 8mM CAGE showed limiting staining, 26 mM CAGE showed considerable staining.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quaternary ammoniumm choline cation with a small hydroxyl alkyl chain can penetrate the lipopolysaccharides (LPS) domain and form stable interactions with the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline facilitates the penetration of geranate ions into the lipid tails – the negative headgroup is not in the hydrophobic domain and is stabilised by the choline.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline without the excess geranic acid (2:1 and 1:1 ratios) easily penetrates the membrane binding to the negatively charged core and the lipid head groups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Higher density of choline results in a higher density within the core LPS headgroups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranate penetrates the outer LPS leaflet and reaches the inner leaflet&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Equilibrium is reached within 6-7 us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bicarbonate ions with short alkyl chains don’t insert into the LPS domain&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Compared to choline in the 2:1 and 1:1 ratios, the number of contacts is 6-8 times lower for geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In 1:2 and 1:4 mixes, uncharged geranic acid molecules penetrate the outer and the inner leaflets of the membrane, especially in 1:4.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Penetration of pure geranic acid without any choline present is dire&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Replacing choline with an Na+ ion displays no improvement in the penetration of the geranate ion. The Na+ ion penetrates the LPS core and makes contact with the membrane lipids but Na+ is a hard ion so doesn’t interact with the geranate ion. The geranate ion does not get pulled through. Therefore, choline is an essential ingredient for the penetration of geranate ions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Scanning Electron microscopy was used to image the cell membrane before and after application of CAGE. The membrane appeared rough and flakey compared to the smooth surface of untreated cells. 2:1 choline : geranic acid gave a bubbly texture whilst only a small number had burst the cell membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR was used to investigate cells grown in a sublethal concentration of CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This resulted in increased peak height (greater increase for 24 hour growth compared to 2 hour growth) which demonstrates an increased quantity of these bonds. Therefore, the cell has responded by increasing the number of lipids in the membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An upwards shift in the frequencies of these peaks also denotes a conformational change within the membrane from an ordered gel phase to a disordered liquid phase&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cell resistance was investigated but neither method displayed any chance of resistance with lipid formations not changing to prevent penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranic acid and choline are both naturally occuring safe compounds&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Outer membrane is LPS rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Inner membrane is DPPE rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;E.Coli is heavily negatively charged --&amp;gt; The fact they are negatively charged makes them susceptible to CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;LPS negative charge is effectively screened by the choline Cation which facilitate the movement of geranic acid into the inner layer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1:4 CAGE has the highest penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrophobic geranic acid is able to dissociate from the cation enabling it to penetrate further&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It is structurally similar to fatty acids hence has a good ability to penetrate further in but combining it with choline gives It better solubility in aqueous environments&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects of ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== permeation enhancers - &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Curikova 2017&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and can be highly variable in nature.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; The paper prepared skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and indomethacin (IND)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester) and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than Azone&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes (corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate and other lipids. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal orthorhombic manner. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so testing for human medicines is tough.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower permeabilities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Materials/Method&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancement Ratio (ER) = &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; where Je is the flux in the presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR) = EI1/EI2 where EI1 is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI2 is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin quicker than through the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was significantly different to that of the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um. This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned in the paper&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in line with result from the porcine skin&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied before applying the drug itself.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless of when the enhancer was added.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the longer spacing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the membranes become easier to permeate through.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in these two enhancers was not due to that&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can work.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794695</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794695"/>
		<updated>2019-11-08T12:41:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The longer tail of the acylglucosylceramide is  twice as long as the shorter tail. This longer tail is long enough to span an entire bilayer whilst the other tail inserts into a different but equally close lipid bilayer. Thus it acts as a rivet to hold two bilayers together to promote the flattening of lipid vesicles and to stack them efficiently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This acylglucosylceramide plays a key role in the formation of these lamellar granules as lamellar granules are only present in cells where this acylglucosylceramide is also present. Neither are present in cells in your mouth etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epidermis of fish and reptiles do not contain the acylglucosylceramide and also do not contain the lamellar granules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the exocytosis of the lipids into the external lipid medium, the membrane bounding of the lamellar granules fuses to the cell membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glucosylceramides become deglycosylated at this point and the linoleate is removed and recycled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting w-hydroxyceramide becomes covalently to the cell envelope and this hydroxyceramide coats the membrane layers and is responsible for the corneocytes becoming impermeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once deglycosylated, the resulting acylceraide is dumped into the intercellular space and plays an important role in organising the lipids in the membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bilayers that were riveted together in the lamellar granules are still riveted together and the bilayers move around together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major lipid classes are ceramides (50%), cholesterol (25%) and fatty acids (10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of ceramides that one can separate in porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free fatty acids found in human and porcine skin are straight chained, saturated species about 16-30 carbons in length&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol is the largest SINGLE lipid and the skin is saturated with cholesterol. Cholesterol is thought to be able to make the gel phase more fluid and more pliable than simply having no cholesterol. This is hugely important in skin as it needs to be fairly flexible. Brittle skin would rip and the organism would die. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the lipids are cylindrical or rod shaped and as such are perfect for forming highly ordered, flat lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is thought that both liquid phase and gel phases coexist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coexistence is though to occur in a mosaic manner - gel phases are separated from one another by a continuous liquid domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polar molecules can diffuse along the polar head groups whilst non polar molecules diffuse through the non polar matrix on the inside of lipid bilayer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffusion is easier in the liquid domain than in the gel domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phase boundary has the greatest number of packing defects and therefore diffusion is easiest here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the junction between corneocytes and the lipid membranes there exists three bands, one broad (5nm), one narrow (3nm) and then another broad (5nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A zipper like structure holds together the corneocytes made from sphingosines from the hydroxyacylceramides. Free lipids fill some of the space created&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 band (total width 26 nm) and 9 band arrangements also exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landmann units exist in 12 band formations where the middle 2 are both broad and held together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lipid layers are covalently bound to the corneocytes to provide continuous protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The acylceramide that exists in the granule organelles also exist in the Landmann units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the acylceramide is removed, then the 13nm repeating band width is no longer seen in x-ray diffraction studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desmosomes are thought to be highly important in producing a cohesive layer. Their degradation is important to cell replacement from below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) Ibsen, Ma, Banerjee&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Abstract&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic Liquids (ILS) have shown great promise in our fight against antibiotic resistant microbes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The mechanism is unknown but if we were to know we could devise highly potent but minimally toxic (to humans) reagents.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Previously CAGE has been shown to be highly effective against bacteria, fungi and viruses but begnin to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Four variants of CAGE investigated with the minimum concentration required to kill E. Coli found in each case.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular Dynamics simulations to find mechanism of CAGE on E. Coli is found to be related to how the choline is attracted to the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This aids insertion of the geranic acid into the lipid bilayer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This was confirmed with propidium iodide staining via flow cytometry and scanning electron microscopy&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR shows the lipid membrane was altered in a similar fashion to a phase transition &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No resistance was shown upon multiple exposures to the ionic liquid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Antibiotics are becoming increasingly useless and hard to replace.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ILS are a very diverse group of compounds with the potential to mix and match ions to tune their behaviour&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The properties of ILS can also be tuned by altering the side chains&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It could have a similar mechanism to cationic biocides or surfactants such as benzalkonium chloride &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline has reported to have displayed anti-microbial properties with a range of counterions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline and geranic acid form an ionic liquid with good antimicrobial properties whilst not being toxic to humans&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Low quantities of CAGE provided complete bacterial neutralization&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mechanism postulated to be that the aliphatic chain inserts into a similar manner to pesticides/surfactants&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Could also be due to the inhibition of acetylcholinesterase by the cation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Molecular dynamics simulations show imidazolium cations interact with the polar headgroup of lipids and insert hydrophobic tails into the membrane&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These interactions are highly dependent on the charge and structure of the the cations and counterions and the complexity of the membranes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The secondary effects of chain insertion on signalling etc is unknown&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This information could lead to improved tuning and avoidance of resistance&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Investigated choline bicarbonate: Geranic Acid ratios of 1:4/1:2/1:1 / 2:1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR INCLUDED IN THIS PAPER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Results&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NMR results are all good with integrals working out well&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Minimum bactericidal concentration is lowest for combinations of choline bicarbonate and geranic acid than the 2 together&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This seems that they have to work together to have any effect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;13 nM CAGE was bacteriostatic. 6nM allowed slight colony growth which plateaued and no further growth was seen.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Propidiumm Iodide (PI) was used to stain dead bacteria cells. After 2 hours 8mM CAGE showed limiting staining, 26 mM CAGE showed considerable staining.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quaternary ammoniumm choline cation with a small hydroxyl alkyl chain can penetrate the lipopolysaccharides (LPS) domain and form stable interactions with the negatively charged membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline facilitates the penetration of geranate ions into the lipid tails – the negative headgroup is not in the hydrophobic domain and is stabilised by the choline.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choline without the excess geranic acid (2:1 and 1:1 ratios) easily penetrates the membrane binding to the negatively charged core and the lipid head groups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Higher density of choline results in a higher density within the core LPS headgroups&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranate penetrates the outer LPS leaflet and reaches the inner leaflet&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Equilibrium is reached within 6-7 us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bicarbonate ions with short alkyl chains don’t insert into the LPS domain&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Compared to choline in the 2:1 and 1:1 ratios, the number of contacts is 6-8 times lower for geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In 1:2 and 1:4 mixes, uncharged geranic acid molecules penetrate the outer and the inner leaflets of the membrane, especially in 1:4.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Penetration of pure geranic acid without any choline present is dire&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Replacing choline with an Na+ ion displays no improvement in the penetration of the geranate ion. The Na+ ion penetrates the LPS core and makes contact with the membrane lipids but Na+ is a hard ion so doesn’t interact with the geranate ion. The geranate ion does not get pulled through. Therefore, choline is an essential ingredient for the penetration of geranate ions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Scanning Electron microscopy was used to image the cell membrane before and after application of CAGE. The membrane appeared rough and flakey compared to the smooth surface of untreated cells. 2:1 choline : geranic acid gave a bubbly texture whilst only a small number had burst the cell membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FTIR was used to investigate cells grown in a sublethal concentration of CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This resulted in increased peak height (greater increase for 24 hour growth compared to 2 hour growth) which demonstrates an increased quantity of these bonds. Therefore, the cell has responded by increasing the number of lipids in the membrane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An upwards shift in the frequencies of these peaks also denotes a conformational change within the membrane from an ordered gel phase to a disordered liquid phase&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cell resistance was investigated but neither method displayed any chance of resistance with lipid formations not changing to prevent penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Discussion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geranic acid and choline are both naturally occuring safe compounds&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Outer membrane is LPS rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Inner membrane is DPPE rich&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;E.Coli is heavily negatively charged --&amp;gt; The fact they are negatively charged makes them susceptible to CAGE.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;LPS negative charge is effectively screened by the choline Cation which facilitate the movement of geranic acid into the inner layer&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1:4 CAGE has the highest penetration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrophobic geranic acid is able to dissociate from the cation enabling it to penetrate further&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It is structurally similar to fatty acids hence has a good ability to penetrate further in but combining it with choline gives It better solubility in aqueous environments&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794679</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794679"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T19:22:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The longer tail of the acylglucosylceramide is  twice as long as the shorter tail. This longer tail is long enough to span an entire bilayer whilst the other tail inserts into a different but equally close lipid bilayer. Thus it acts as a rivet to hold two bilayers together to promote the flattening of lipid vesicles and to stack them efficiently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This acylglucosylceramide plays a key role in the formation of these lamellar granules as lamellar granules are only present in cells where this acylglucosylceramide is also present. Neither are present in cells in your mouth etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epidermis of fish and reptiles do not contain the acylglucosylceramide and also do not contain the lamellar granules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the exocytosis of the lipids into the external lipid medium, the membrane bounding of the lamellar granules fuses to the cell membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glucosylceramides become deglycosylated at this point and the linoleate is removed and recycled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting w-hydroxyceramide becomes covalently to the cell envelope and this hydroxyceramide coats the membrane layers and is responsible for the corneocytes becoming impermeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once deglycosylated, the resulting acylceraide is dumped into the intercellular space and plays an important role in organising the lipids in the membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bilayers that were riveted together in the lamellar granules are still riveted together and the bilayers move around together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major lipid classes are ceramides (50%), cholesterol (25%) and fatty acids (10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of ceramides that one can separate in porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free fatty acids found in human and porcine skin are straight chained, saturated species about 16-30 carbons in length&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol is the largest SINGLE lipid and the skin is saturated with cholesterol. Cholesterol is thought to be able to make the gel phase more fluid and more pliable than simply having no cholesterol. This is hugely important in skin as it needs to be fairly flexible. Brittle skin would rip and the organism would die. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the lipids are cylindrical or rod shaped and as such are perfect for forming highly ordered, flat lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is thought that both liquid phase and gel phases coexist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coexistence is though to occur in a mosaic manner - gel phases are separated from one another by a continuous liquid domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polar molecules can diffuse along the polar head groups whilst non polar molecules diffuse through the non polar matrix on the inside of lipid bilayer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffusion is easier in the liquid domain than in the gel domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phase boundary has the greatest number of packing defects and therefore diffusion is easiest here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the junction between corneocytes and the lipid membranes there exists three bands, one broad (5nm), one narrow (3nm) and then another broad (5nm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A zipper like structure holds together the corneocytes made from sphingosines from the hydroxyacylceramides. Free lipids fill some of the space created&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 band (total width 26 nm) and 9 band arrangements also exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landmann units exist in 12 band formations where the middle 2 are both broad and held together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lipid layers are covalently bound to the corneocytes to provide continuous protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The acylceramide that exists in the granule organelles also exist in the Landmann units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the acylceramide is removed, then the 13nm repeating band width is no longer seen in x-ray diffraction studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desmosomes are thought to be highly important in producing a cohesive layer. Their degradation is important to cell replacement from below&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794678</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794678"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T19:00:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The longer tail of the acylglucosylceramide is  twice as long as the shorter tail. This longer tail is long enough to span an entire bilayer whilst the other tail inserts into a different but equally close lipid bilayer. Thus it acts as a rivet to hold two bilayers together to promote the flattening of lipid vesicles and to stack them efficiently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This acylglucosylceramide plays a key role in the formation of these lamellar granules as lamellar granules are only present in cells where this acylglucosylceramide is also present. Neither are present in cells in your mouth etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epidermis of fish and reptiles do not contain the acylglucosylceramide and also do not contain the lamellar granules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the exocytosis of the lipids into the external lipid medium, the membrane bounding of the lamellar granules fuses to the cell membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glucosylceramides become deglycosylated at this point and the linoleate is removed and recycled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting w-hydroxyceramide becomes covalently to the cell envelope and this hydroxyceramide coats the membrane layers and is responsible for the corneocytes becoming impermeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once deglycosylated, the resulting acylceraide is dumped into the intercellular space and plays an important role in organising the lipids in the membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bilayers that were riveted together in the lamellar granules are still riveted together and the bilayers move around together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major lipid classes are ceramides (50%), cholesterol (25%) and fatty acids (10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of ceramides that one can separate in porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free fatty acids found in human and porcine skin are straight chained, saturated species about 16-30 carbons in length&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol is the largest SINGLE lipid and the skin is saturated with cholesterol. Cholesterol is thought to be able to make the gel phase more fluid and more pliable than simply having no cholesterol. This is hugely important in skin as it needs to be fairly flexible. Brittle skin would rip and the organism would die. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the lipids are cylindrical or rod shaped and as such are perfect for forming highly ordered, flat lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is thought that both liquid phase and gel phases coexist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coexistence is though to occur in a mosaic&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794677</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794677"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T18:53:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The longer tail of the acylglucosylceramide is  twice as long as the shorter tail. This longer tail is long enough to span an entire bilayer whilst the other tail inserts into a different but equally close lipid bilayer. Thus it acts as a rivet to hold two bilayers together to promote the flattening of lipid vesicles and to stack them efficiently&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This acylglucosylceramide plays a key role in the formation of these lamellar granules as lamellar granules are only present in cells where this acylglucosylceramide is also present. Neither are present in cells in your mouth etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epidermis of fish and reptiles do not contain the acylglucosylceramide and also do not contain the lamellar granules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the exocytosis of the lipids into the external lipid medium, the membrane bounding of the lamellar granules fuses to the cell membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glucosylceramides become deglycosylated at this point and the linoleate is removed and recycled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting w-hydroxyceramide becomes covalently to the cell envelope and this hydroxyceramide coats the membrane layers and is responsible for the corneocytes becoming impermeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once deglycosylated, the resulting acylceraide is dumped into the intercellular space and plays an important role in organising the lipids in the membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bilayers that were riveted together in the lamellar granules are still riveted together and the bilayers move around together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major lipid classes are ceramides (50%), cholesterol (25%) and fatty acids (10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of ceramides that one can separate in porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free fatty acids found in human and porcine skin are straight chained, saturated species about 16-30 carbons in length&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol is the largest SINGLE lipid and the skin is saturated with cholesterol. Cholesterol is thought to be able to make the gel phase more fluid and more pliable than other &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the lipids are cylindrical or rod shaped and as such are perfect for forming highly ordered, flat lipid membranes.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794676</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794676"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T18:17:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]This unusual structure is the primary source of linoleic acid that is then found in the stratum corneum. Linoleic acid is crucial for the barrier properties of the stratum corneum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A linoleate containing acylglucosylceramide has also been suggested to be a principle player in the formation of granular organelles.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794675</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794675"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T18:11:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg|thumb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg&amp;diff=794674</id>
		<title>File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wertz1999-fig1.jpeg&amp;diff=794674"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T18:09:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794673</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794673"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T18:05:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR)= EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lipids and barrier function of the skin - Wertz 1999 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to review the structure of the skin and the resulting physical and chemical properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipids accumulate in small organelles within keratinocytes called granular organelles. Once terminally differentiated into corneocytes, the lipids are extruded into the intercellular spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymes process these lipids into a range of ceramides, cholesterol and fatty acids that is then organised into two lamellar bilayers. The barrier nature of the stratum corneum is largely reflective of the phase behaviour of the intercellular lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lamellar granules are thought to be assembled by acylglucosylceramide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The stratum corneum is the outermost layer, and the thinnest layer of the epidermis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure provides the barrier to external bacteria and chemicals entering the body whilst regulating water and heat loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major aspect of differentiation as keratinocytes become dead corneocytes is the accumulation of lipids within internal organelles known as granular organelles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon cell death, these are expelled into the intercellular lipid matrix along with enzymes that process these lipids into those that eventually form the lipid domains that make up the stratum corneum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enzymatic processing takes the expelled lipids from phospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol into ceramides, fatty acids (straight chained) and cholesterol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oleic acid which is transferred from phosphoglycerides to cholesterol during the process can be separated at the last moment as oleic acid is a potential permeability enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles containing lipids are not particularly dense and can be isolated by density gradient centrifugation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Granular organelles are ovoid in shape roughly 200 nm in diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is filled with flat vesicles containing an unusual glycolipid which is to be found in figure 1 (from the actual paper)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794672</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794672"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T13:44:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simplified stratum corneum model membranes for studying the effects ofpermeation enhancersBarbora AmélieČuříkováa, Kamila Procházkováa, Barbora Filkováa, Petra Diblíkováa,Jan Svobodaa, Andrej Kováčikb, Kateřina Vávrováb, Jarmila Zbytovskáa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Abstract&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Skin samples for intro experiments are hard to source and&lt;br /&gt;
can be highly variable in nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The paper prepared&lt;br /&gt;
skin mimics  from a mix of Stearic acid, cholesterol, cholesterol sulphate and ceramides. These ceramides were N-2-hydroxystearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[AP]) and/ or N-stearoyl phytosphingosine (CER[NP]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permeation of theophylline (TH) and Idomethacin were&lt;br /&gt;
compared both through this membrane and porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed ceramides gave the optimal result &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was used to test two different known drugs able to permeate through the stratum corneum to compare the results of this mimic against porcine skin results. The agents were theophylline (TH) and&lt;br /&gt;
indomethacin (IND)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1:1 mix of ceramides gave the closest results to the porcine skin results. Following on from this trial, this mixture was used to&lt;br /&gt;
test the two permeation enhancers L-Pro2 ((S)-N-acetylproline dodecyl ester)&lt;br /&gt;
and Azone (N-dodecyl azepan-2-one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both permeation enhancers were found to increase the rate of&lt;br /&gt;
TH and IND through the membrane more markedly than the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 was found to be a better permeation enhancer than&lt;br /&gt;
Azone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The function of the skin is 2-fold – to prevent entry of&lt;br /&gt;
foreign chemicals and bacteria and to regulate temperature and water loss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin is formed when terminally differentiated keratinocytes&lt;br /&gt;
(corneocytes) become embedded in a mix of at least 12 different types of&lt;br /&gt;
ceramides, cholesterol, free fatty acids and a small quantity of cholesterol sulphate&lt;br /&gt;
and other lipids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lipid structure is divided into 2 parts, a long phase&lt;br /&gt;
of about 13 nm and a short phase of about 6 nm packed in a hexagonal&lt;br /&gt;
orthorhombic manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the permeation enhancers disrupt the lipid&lt;br /&gt;
membranes, but sometimes they do affect the corneocytes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A franz diffusion cell was mostly used in the testing of the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes and the permeation of chemical enhancers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of skin can be difficult as different species have&lt;br /&gt;
different skin qualities, some have a greater number of pores than others, so&lt;br /&gt;
testing for human medicines is tough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The types of lipids used in a mimic is important; shorter&lt;br /&gt;
chain ceramides can increase permittivity whereas sphingosine-CER display lower&lt;br /&gt;
permeabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Materials/Method&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The thickness of the porcine skin was 1.02 +/- 0.04 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND/TH are standard permeation markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement Ratio (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;R&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) =  where J&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the flux in the&lt;br /&gt;
presence of an enhancer and J is the flux without an enhancer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical impedance was used to characterise the effects of the&lt;br /&gt;
permeation enhancers on the integrity of the lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrical Impedance Ration (EIR) = EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where&lt;br /&gt;
EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance before the application of the enhancer and EI&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the impedance after the application of the enhancer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
TH/IND reached a state of steady flux through the mimic skin&lt;br /&gt;
quicker than through the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the mimics had a flux through the membrane that was&lt;br /&gt;
significantly different to that of the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest replica was that of the 1:1 mix of ceramides&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electron microscopy showed an even thickness of about 9.5 um.&lt;br /&gt;
This lies close to the thickness of real stratum corneum lipid membranes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR spectroscopy showed all the correct peaks which have been assigned&lt;br /&gt;
in the paper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both azone and L-Pro2 increased the flux through the membrane in&lt;br /&gt;
line with result from the porcine skin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect was considerably negated if the L-Pro2 was applied&lt;br /&gt;
before applying the drug itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electrical impedance of the membrane was affected regardless&lt;br /&gt;
of when the enhancer was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
IR shows that the mimic had a rigid organisation of lipid structure&lt;br /&gt;
as there were low carbon wavenumbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mimic only had lamellar spacing of 4.5nm – no replica of the&lt;br /&gt;
longer spacing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Predominately hexagonal orthorhombic lateral packing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TH is a small molecule with balanced lipophilicity that is&lt;br /&gt;
likely to cross the membrane via free volume diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IND is a larger more lipophilic molecules that prefers lateral&lt;br /&gt;
diffusion along the lipid bilayers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both molecules diffuse better when the head group is less polar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a smaller lag time for the diffusion of the&lt;br /&gt;
molecules through the lipid membranes than through the porcine skin. This is because&lt;br /&gt;
corneocytes hinder the process of the molecules through the skin whereas the&lt;br /&gt;
chemicals can interact with all of the skin of the mimic as there are no&lt;br /&gt;
impermeable stacks of corneocytes that prevent their diffusion. The membrane&lt;br /&gt;
was also slightly thinner than that of the porcine skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller TH molecule had quicker diffusion times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Azone molecule disrupts the rigid form of the lipids so the&lt;br /&gt;
membranes become easier to permeate through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L-Pro2 created phase separation within the lipid membranes&lt;br /&gt;
resulting in a less ordered phase in the stratum corneum lipids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Propylene glycol can act as a permeation enhancer by&lt;br /&gt;
disrupting the keratin but a control test proved that the enhancement seen in&lt;br /&gt;
these two enhancers was not due to that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement ratio greater for the mimic than for the porcine&lt;br /&gt;
skin as it is purely lipid so has a greater surface area over which it can&lt;br /&gt;
work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher wavenumbers in the aftermath of the application of&lt;br /&gt;
the enhancers shows the lack of rigidity in the lipid membranes.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794671</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794671"/>
		<updated>2019-10-24T13:43:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794670</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794670"/>
		<updated>2019-10-24T13:42:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was found that CAGE decreases the transcellular uptake of the marker coumarin-6 which predominantly crosses the cell membranes by transcytosis (the means by which the molecule is captured within a vesicle that is able to move through the lipid membrane and is then ejected on the other side).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine by thinning the mucus by up to 5%. CAGE also hinders tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elimination half life for CAGE was 2 times higher than injected insulin and maintained its efficacy for considerably longer than injected insulin.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids similar to CAGE have been shown to have high drug loading properties - the quantity of drug molecules that are attached to each molecule of the ionic liquid.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no toxicity in rate following considerable dosage of CAGE  and no damage to the intestine.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increased efficacy by presenting the insulin to the intestinal cells as monomers - no polymerisation can occur within the CAGE structure.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794657</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794657"/>
		<updated>2019-10-17T10:08:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine and hindered tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definitions of ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents by Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown et al 2018&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Cage is seen as an ionic liquid since it is mainly formed of ionic species and has a melting point of below 100 degrees Celsius.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage is not a classical ionic liquid since it contains neutral geranic acid&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ionic interactions play a key role in cages properties as conductivity was reduced which is indicative of ion pairing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hydrogen bonding does exist as indicated by a proton shift in Proton nmr of the OH peak&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cage also has a reduction in freezing temperature something that is characteristic of a deep eutectic solvent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-GB&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No current term for cage is currently in use as it has similarities to ionic liquids and deep eutectic solvents deep eutectic solvents with a complex anion has been expressed as a possibility for cage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794633</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794633"/>
		<updated>2019-10-10T12:31:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine and hindered tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was one of the best molecules discovered that possessed both antimicrobial properties and had minimal toxicity to human cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been discovered that there is a minimum concentration below which the ionic liquid has minimal antimicrobial powers. It has also been found that the longer the alkyl chain, the more effective the antimicrobial properties of the ionic liquid are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed mechanism was that of the alkyl chain inserting itself into the cell membrane. Another mechanism suggests that the cation blocks the acetylcholinesterase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794632</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794632"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T15:34:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine and hindered tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mechanism of Antibacterial Activity of Choline-Based Ionic Liquids (CAGE) (Ibsen, Ma, Bannerjee, Tanner et al 2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-microbials are in short supply at the moment. This could lead to a wealth of problems but ionic liquids are slowly showing that they have anti-microbial properties and could be used in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper reports on a series of geranic acid and choline mixtures that have displayed anti-microbial mixtures. The paper discusses how they interact with the cell wall of bacterial cells and how to kill them. Afterall, the preferential anti-micrbial just targets microbes and is not toxic to humans &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four ratios were used to investigate the effects of CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1:4/1:2/1:1/2:1 of choline : geranic acid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism was found to be related to the fact that choline is attracted to the negatively charged cell membrane and inserts geranic acid into the lipid bilayer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794631</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794631"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T12:51:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Conclusions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transepithelial electircal resistance (TEER) was also measured and found to decrease after CAGE had passed through the lipid bilayers. This is similar to other chemical enhancers such as sodium caprate.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE was also found to help penetrate through mucus in the intestine and hindered tryptic digestion when compared to insulin in a buffer solution.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that CAGE forms a physical barrier between enzymes and the insulin preventing degradation. Furthermore, the CAGE can help with movements across mucus and through the lipid bilayers as CAGE helps open small junctions.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794630</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794630"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T12:39:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the corneocytes that make up the stratum corneum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Markers were used to prove that it moves through these lipid bilayers. These markers were Lucifer Yellow and fluorescein isothiocynate. Both displayed increase transport through these layers when added to CAGE.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794629</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794629"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T12:35:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ionic liquids have demonstrated a good ability at delivery of poorly water soluble molecules such as danazol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choline is important in many plant and animal processes and is present in the ampiphillic lecithin that emulsifies things. It has a median lethal dose of 3,400 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geranic acid is commonly used as flavouring and is safe up to a median dose of 3,700 mg/Kg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dose of CAGE rarely exceeded 80 mg/kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CAGE demonstrated concentration dependant insulin transport, with a figure of 10 fold increase at 50 milimolar CAGE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route of CAGE is likely to be through the lipids in between the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794627</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794627"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T12:27:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is poorly adhered to especially when out in public. This leads to increased hospitalisation and increased costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other methods have been used including nanoparticles, oil in water nano dispersions , directing ligands etc but very few have had any notable success. Most of the reside at less than 5% which is not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794626</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794626"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T12:21:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 4 studies done. An injection of cage and insulin, a cream rubbed on the rats of insulin and cage, a cream rubbed on the rats of saline CAGE, and a cream rubbed on the rats of saline insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The injection and the cream with both the cage and the insulin showed decreased blood sugar levels within 2.5 hours but whereas the injection showed the sugar levels to be back to normal after 5 hours, the cream still showed decreased blood sugar levels after 5 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the CAGE nor the insulin by itself showed any considerable blood sugar drop except one that would be expected by a fasting animal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin-Cage administered together showed increased oral bioavailability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An enterically coated capsule of insulin and cage was given to the rats. This showed a drop in blood glucose levels and a longer stay at these reduced levels than either the injected or the cream results of the previous section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was set up whereby cage was administered and then 30 mins later insulin. This had no effect on blood glucose levels so they have to be administered together for any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cage demonstrates good oral bioavailability in vivo&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No differences were noted between the intestines of animals treated with cage/insulin and saline insulin. No damage was noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794625</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794625"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T12:12:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin was stable in CAGE for long periods of time&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is an alpha-helical conformation which is essential for its receptor interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was stored in CAGE at room temperature away from direct sunlight and another set in a fridge at 4°C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin was biologically still effective in rats after 2 months of sitting at room temperature and 4 months of sitting in a fridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insulin applied to rats caused hypoglycemia and demonstrated good pharmokinetics.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blood sugar levels and insulin levels were monitored every half an hour for 5 hours in non diabetic rats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794624</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794624"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T12:04:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. The rest reaches systemic circulation. Therefore, there is up to 3 times as much insulin in the portal vein as there is in systemic circulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794623</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794623"/>
		<updated>2019-10-09T11:59:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ionic Liquids for oral insulin delivery (Banerjee, Ibsen, Brown, Chen, Agatemor, Mitragotri (2018) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
The paper will discuss the discovery of choline Geranate or CAGE. It is noted that diabetes is a growing problem and the oral delivery of insulin is not ideal as the stomach and intestine digests and ruins the structure of the enzyme. The injection of insulin is poorly adhered to by patients so there is increased interest in through the skin delivery. Cage seems to do this effectively in rats and the injected insulin lasts considerably longer than injected insulin. Biocompatability and stability both appeared good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Oral delivery of drugs is considered to be the best and easiest route but this is impractical for biological molecules such as proteins as the stomach biodegrades them, annulling any benefits they may give once in the blood stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insulin is currently administered using needles by has a poor adherence rate. Phobia of needles and pain etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orally taken insulin would be the best as it would be the closest mimic to naturally occurring pancreatic insulin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the insulin is transported in a normal human to the portal vein where 80% is retained. Orally bioavailable insulin would follow as similar route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794620</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794620"/>
		<updated>2019-10-07T14:39:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance 13C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR using Insensitive nuclei enhanced by polarization transfer (INEPT) pulse sequences and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794619</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794619"/>
		<updated>2019-10-07T13:56:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
Despite potential benefits of trans-cutaneous drug delivery, the mechanisms that speed up drug delivery are poorly known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on recording the &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C NMR signal given out and recording how it changes upon hydration and heating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They plan on using polarization transfer solid state NMR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794618</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794618"/>
		<updated>2019-10-07T13:49:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance 13C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Materials and Methods ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusions ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794617</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4Readings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4Readings&amp;diff=794617"/>
		<updated>2019-10-07T13:47:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: Created page with &amp;quot;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Characterization of Stratum Corneum Molecular Dynamics by Natural-Abundance &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;13&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;C Solid-State NMR (Bjorklund, Nowacka, Bouwstra, Sparr, Topgaard (2013) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4ProjNotes&amp;diff=794571</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4ProjNotes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4ProjNotes&amp;diff=794571"/>
		<updated>2019-09-27T19:02:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;T1 Relaxation (Longitudinal Relaxation)&#039;&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The time taken for a proportion of the nuclei of a sample to align their spins with the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	This proportion is 1-(1/e)&lt;br /&gt;
* 	This is about 63%.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	At a value of 5× T1, the number of nuclei with aligned spins gets very close to its maximum value.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	T1 can be measured by the release of energy. This energy is released as it is energetically favourable to be aligned with the magnetic field. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	The loss of energy is completed by collisions with other molecules, collisions with the lattice surrounding the material or electromagnetic decay.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	It can be called longitudinal relaxation as the nuclei decay to point in the same direction as the magnetic field. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	Relaxation in ALL types of NMR have to be induced. For T1 this is often a case of another magnetic field fluctuating near the Larmor frequency in the transverse plane. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	The applied magnetic field simply chooses the longitude that will direct the lowest energy spins, other local magnetic fields will cause relaxation.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	T1 relaxation is always accompanied by T2 relaxation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== T2 Relaxation ==&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Considered to follow first order kinetics.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Has a simple exponential decay with time period of T2&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Ie the time required for the transverse magnetization to fall to 1/e (~37%) of it’s starting value.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Once the radio frequency has been passed through the sample, we have a tiny fraction of the molecules that are now coherently pointing in the transverse direction. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	These coherent spins form a NET magnetisation at 90° to the magnetic field but it’s not perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	As with the Larmour frequency,  the NET magnetisation now moves in a circular fashion around the plane, with a frequency that is known as the Larmour frequency &lt;br /&gt;
* 	It is this movement in magnetisation that the receiver picks up and converts into the decay signal.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The decay happens as nuclei become scrambled and leave the coherent group resulting in a weaker signal.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The decay can occur in a number of ways.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The coherent molecules can decay in a similar fashion to T1 decay. Any interaction with its surroundings displaces the spin and knocks that nuclei out. This is known as T1 in T2 relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	T2 relaxation does not always occur with T1. This can be known as secular contribution to T2.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	A molecule can be located near to a local magnetic field caused by something like an iron clump. This produces it’s own magnetic field and so the frequency now becomes w=g(B(local)+B0)  &lt;br /&gt;
* 	This means that eventually the molecule is no longer circling in phase and is pointless. Thus relaxation has occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Spin spin flip flop occurs randomly and has no effect on T1. The longitudinal and transverse motions swap and so it loses coherence and as a result relaxation occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Larmour Frequency ==&lt;br /&gt;
* 	In a similar fashion to a clock, or a weight in a string (think mechanics circular motion), a magnetic moment will align with the field.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	As it relaxes into the field, it will initially spin around in a circle.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	From circular motion, frequency = 2(pi)r/T. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	The Larmour frequency is also given by the geomagnetic ratio and the strength of the magnetic field &lt;br /&gt;
* 	W=gB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phase Coherence ==&lt;br /&gt;
* 	During the initial relaxation to the initial magnetic field, there is a NET nucleus consensus towards the longitudinal direction in which the magnetic field is pointing. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	This is not coherent though as the other fields do not add up to cancel each other out.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	When the radio frequency wave is turned on, it is at right angles to the magnetic field. This forces only some of the spins to point in the transverse direction. Eg 90° to the magnetic field.  The other spins are now completely random and their NET spin cancels out. Therefore, we are left with a few nuclei but with a coherent spin 90° to the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1H Relaxation ==&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Consider a nucleus or an impaired electron to be an ideal dipole magnet. That is to have a north pole and south pole . These will have fields that will interact through space known as dipole-dipole interactions.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Electrons are much stronger at inducing relaxation than protons. Therefore, electron -proton interactions will be much quicker than proton – proton interactions. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	This interaction scales with respect to distance by  1/r^6 &lt;br /&gt;
* 	Rotation rates and how close they are to the Larmour frequency result in whether T1 orT2 will predominate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Chemical Shift Anisotropy ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Chemical shift results from the differing quantity of protection afforded to the nucleus by the electron clouds. Electrons rotate fast around the nucleus producing a magnetic field that counters the magnetic field in which the molecule is placed. Electron rich centres are afforded more protection than those in electron poor areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Chemical shift anisotropy arises when the molecule is not symmetrical and so results in a different shift depending on the direction of the field compared to the direction  of the molecule. This does NOT happen in liquids as the constant tumbling averages this out.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Magic spinning in solid state NMR can average this out to a non zero but known value in order to increase the resolution of the spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	This is important when looking at biological systems where the attached water molecules cannot necessarily move when bound to a protein.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	It is also important in something like phosphorus NMR &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Molecular flow, translation and diffusion ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Relaxation can be caused by a change in the local surroundings of a molecule. A change in the gravity, the magnetic field (even if caused by the presence of a magnetized iron clump which increases the local magnetic field or something similar).&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Non uniform magnetic fields cause relaxation. This can be caused by foreign magnetic fields or the such like.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Chemical Exchanges ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Mostly with protons&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Protons can cause relaxation by simply swapping with other protons in neighbouring molecules. This can be accompanied by a change in structure or nothing at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Relaxation is proportional to the square of the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== J-Coupling ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brownian Motion ==&lt;br /&gt;
	The constantly and erratic path formed by molecules in a liquid as a consequence of collisions between molecules and general tumbling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Water T1/T2 relaxation times ==&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Water relaxation times are generally very long. As they tumble so quickly, they have large spaces between each molecule compared to something like collagen. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	Spin spin interactions and energy exchange between molecules are therefore comparatively slow when compared to tightly packed proteins such as collagen where energy exchanges are frequent and spin spin interactions are more common.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4ProjNotes&amp;diff=794570</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4ProjNotes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4ProjNotes&amp;diff=794570"/>
		<updated>2019-09-27T19:00:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== &#039;&#039;&#039;T1 Relaxation (Longitudinal Relaxation)&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The time taken for a proportion of the nuclei of a sample to align their spins with the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	This proportion is 1-(1/e)&lt;br /&gt;
* 	This is about 63%.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	At a value of 5× T1, the number of nuclei with aligned spins gets very close to its maximum value.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	T1 can be measured by the release of energy. This energy is released as it is energetically favourable to be aligned with the magnetic field. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	The loss of energy is completed by collisions with other molecules, collisions with the lattice surrounding the material or electromagnetic decay.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	It can be called longitudinal relaxation as the nuclei decay to point in the same direction as the magnetic field. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	Relaxation in ALL types of NMR have to be induced. For T1 this is often a case of another magnetic field fluctuating near the Larmor frequency in the transverse plane. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	The applied magnetic field simply chooses the longitude that will direct the lowest energy spins, other local magnetic fields will cause relaxation.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	T1 relaxation is always accompanied by T2 relaxation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T2 Relaxation ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Considered to follow first order kinetics.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Has a simple exponential decay with time period of T2&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Ie the time required for the transverse magnetization to fall to 1/e (~37%) of it’s starting value.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Once the radio frequency has been passed through the sample, we have a tiny fraction of the molecules that are now coherently pointing in the transverse direction. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	These coherent spins form a NET magnetisation at 90° to the magnetic field but it’s not perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	As with the Larmour frequency,  the NET magnetisation now moves in a circular fashion around the plane, with a frequency that is known as the Larmour frequency &lt;br /&gt;
* 	It is this movement in magnetisation that the receiver picks up and converts into the decay signal.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The decay happens as nuclei become scrambled and leave the coherent group resulting in a weaker signal.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The decay can occur in a number of ways.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	The coherent molecules can decay in a similar fashion to T1 decay. Any interaction with its surroundings displaces the spin and knocks that nuclei out. This is known as T1 in T2 relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	T2 relaxation does not always occur with T1. This can be known as secular contribution to T2.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	A molecule can be located near to a local magnetic field caused by something like an iron clump. This produces it’s own magnetic field and so the frequency now becomes w=g(B(local)+B0)  &lt;br /&gt;
* 	This means that eventually the molecule is no longer circling in phase and is pointless. Thus relaxation has occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Spin spin flip flop occurs randomly and has no effect on T1. The longitudinal and transverse motions swap and so it loses coherence and as a result relaxation occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Larmour Frequency ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 	In a similar fashion to a clock, or a weight in a string (think mechanics circular motion), a magnetic moment will align with the field.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	As it relaxes into the field, it will initially spin around in a circle.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	From circular motion, frequency = 2(pi)r/T. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	The Larmour frequency is also given by the geomagnetic ratio and the strength of the magnetic field &lt;br /&gt;
* 	W=gB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase Coherence ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 	During the initial relaxation to the initial magnetic field, there is a NET nucleus consensus towards the longitudinal direction in which the magnetic field is pointing. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	This is not coherent though as the other fields do not add up to cancel each other out.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	When the radio frequency wave is turned on, it is at right angles to the magnetic field. This forces only some of the spins to point in the transverse direction. Eg 90° to the magnetic field.  The other spins are now completely random and their NET spin cancels out. Therefore, we are left with a few nuclei but with a coherent spin 90° to the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1H Relaxation ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Consider a nucleus or an impaired electron to be an ideal dipole magnet. That is to have a north pole and south pole . These will have fields that will interact through space known as dipole-dipole interactions.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Electrons are much stronger at inducing relaxation than protons. Therefore, electron -proton interactions will be much quicker than proton – proton interactions. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	This interaction scales with respect to distance by  1/r^6 &lt;br /&gt;
* 	Rotation rates and how close they are to the Larmour frequency result in whether T1 orT2 will predominate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Chemical Shift Anisotropy ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Chemical shift results from the differing quantity of protection afforded to the nucleus by the electron clouds. Electrons rotate fast around the nucleus producing a magnetic field that counters the magnetic field in which the molecule is placed. Electron rich centres are afforded more protection than those in electron poor areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Chemical shift anisotropy arises when the molecule is not symmetrical and so results in a different shift depending on the direction of the field compared to the direction  of the molecule. This does NOT happen in liquids as the constant tumbling averages this out.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Magic spinning in solid state NMR can average this out to a non zero but known value in order to increase the resolution of the spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	This is important when looking at biological systems where the attached water molecules cannot necessarily move when bound to a protein.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	It is also important in something like phosphorus NMR &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Molecular flow, translation and diffusion ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Relaxation can be caused by a change in the local surroundings of a molecule. A change in the gravity, the magnetic field (even if caused by the presence of a magnetized iron clump which increases the local magnetic field or something similar).&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Non uniform magnetic fields cause relaxation. This can be caused by foreign magnetic fields or the such like.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Chemical Exchanges ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Mostly with protons&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Protons can cause relaxation by simply swapping with other protons in neighbouring molecules. This can be accompanied by a change in structure or nothing at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Relaxation is proportional to the square of the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== J-Coupling ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Brownian Motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
	The constantly and erratic path formed by molecules in a liquid as a consequence of collisions between molecules and general tumbling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Water T1/T2 relaxation times ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 	Water relaxation times are generally very long. As they tumble so quickly, they have large spaces between each molecule compared to something like collagen. &lt;br /&gt;
* 	Spin spin interactions and energy exchange between molecules are therefore comparatively slow when compared to tightly packed proteins such as collagen where energy exchanges are frequent and spin spin interactions are more common.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4ProjNotes&amp;diff=794569</id>
		<title>JBChemYear4ProjNotes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JBChemYear4ProjNotes&amp;diff=794569"/>
		<updated>2019-09-27T18:54:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: Created page with &amp;quot;T1 Relaxation (Longitudinal Relaxation) 	The time taken for a proportion of the nuclei of a sample to align their spins with the magnetic field. 	This proportion is 1-(1/e) 	T...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;T1 Relaxation (Longitudinal Relaxation)&lt;br /&gt;
	The time taken for a proportion of the nuclei of a sample to align their spins with the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
	This proportion is 1-(1/e)&lt;br /&gt;
	This is about 63%.&lt;br /&gt;
	At a value of 5× T1, the number of nuclei with aligned spins gets very close to its maximum value.&lt;br /&gt;
	T1 can be measured by the release of energy. This energy is released as it is energetically favourable to be aligned with the magnetic field. &lt;br /&gt;
	The loss of energy is completed by collisions with other molecules, collisions with the lattice surrounding the material or electromagnetic decay.&lt;br /&gt;
	It can be called longitudinal relaxation as the nuclei decay to point in the same direction as the magnetic field. &lt;br /&gt;
	Relaxation in ALL types of NMR have to be induced. For T1 this is often a case of another magnetic field fluctuating near the Larmor frequency in the transverse plane. &lt;br /&gt;
	The applied magnetic field simply chooses the longitude that will direct the lowest energy spins, other local magnetic fields will cause relaxation.&lt;br /&gt;
	T1 relaxation is always accompanied by T2 relaxation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T2 Relaxation &lt;br /&gt;
	Considered to follow first order kinetics.&lt;br /&gt;
	Has a simple exponential decay with time period of T2&lt;br /&gt;
	Ie the time required for the transverse magnetization to fall to 1/e (~37%) of it’s starting value.&lt;br /&gt;
	Once the radio frequency has been passed through the sample, we have a tiny fraction of the molecules that are now coherently pointing in the transverse direction. &lt;br /&gt;
	These coherent spins form a NET magnetisation at 90° to the magnetic field but it’s not perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
	As with the Larmour frequency,  the NET magnetisation now moves in a circular fashion around the plane, with a frequency that is known as the Larmour frequency &lt;br /&gt;
	It is this movement in magnetisation that the receiver picks up and converts into the decay signal.&lt;br /&gt;
	The decay happens as nuclei become scrambled and leave the coherent group resulting in a weaker signal.&lt;br /&gt;
	The decay can occur in a number of ways.&lt;br /&gt;
	The coherent molecules can decay in a similar fashion to T1 decay. Any interaction with its surroundings displaces the spin and knocks that nuclei out. This is known as T1 in T2 relaxation. &lt;br /&gt;
	T2 relaxation does not always occur with T1. This can be known as secular contribution to T2.&lt;br /&gt;
	A molecule can be located near to a local magnetic field caused by something like an iron clump. This produces it’s own magnetic field and so the frequency now becomes w=g(B(local)+B0)  &lt;br /&gt;
	This means that eventually the molecule is no longer circling in phase and is pointless. Thus relaxation has occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
	Spin spin flip flop occurs randomly and has no effect on T1. The longitudinal and transverse motions swap and so it loses coherence and as a result relaxation occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larmour Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
	In a similar fashion to a clock, or a weight in a string (think mechanics circular motion), a magnetic moment will align with the field.&lt;br /&gt;
	As it relaxes into the field, it will initially spin around in a circle.&lt;br /&gt;
	From circular motion, frequency = 2(pi)r/T. &lt;br /&gt;
	The Larmour frequency is also given by the geomagnetic ratio and the strength of the magnetic field &lt;br /&gt;
	W=gB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase Coherence&lt;br /&gt;
	During the initial relaxation to the initial magnetic field, there is a NET nucleus consensus towards the longitudinal direction in which the magnetic field is pointing. &lt;br /&gt;
	This is not coherent though as the other fields do not add up to cancel each other out.&lt;br /&gt;
	When the radio frequency wave is turned on, it is at right angles to the magnetic field. This forces only some of the spins to point in the transverse direction. Eg 90° to the magnetic field.  The other spins are now completely random and their NET spin cancels out. Therefore, we are left with a few nuclei but with a coherent spin 90° to the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1H Relaxation &lt;br /&gt;
	Consider a nucleus or an impaired electron to be an ideal dipole magnet. That is to have a north pole and south pole . These will have fields that will interact through space known as dipole-dipole interactions.&lt;br /&gt;
	Electrons are much stronger at inducing relaxation than protons. Therefore, electron -proton interactions will be much quicker than proton – proton interactions. &lt;br /&gt;
	This interaction scales with respect to distance by  1/r^6 &lt;br /&gt;
	Rotation rates and how close they are to the Larmour frequency result in whether T1 orT2 will predominate.&lt;br /&gt;
	Chemical Shift Anisotropy&lt;br /&gt;
	Chemical shift results from the differing quantity of protection afforded to the nucleus by the electron clouds. Electrons rotate fast around the nucleus producing a magnetic field that counters the magnetic field in which the molecule is placed. Electron rich centres are afforded more protection than those in electron poor areas.&lt;br /&gt;
	Chemical shift anisotropy arises when the molecule is not symmetrical and so results in a different shift depending on the direction of the field compared to the direction  of the molecule. This does NOT happen in liquids as the constant tumbling averages this out.&lt;br /&gt;
	Magic spinning in solid state NMR can average this out to a non zero but known value in order to increase the resolution of the spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
	This is important when looking at biological systems where the attached water molecules cannot necessarily move when bound to a protein.&lt;br /&gt;
	It is also important in something like phosphorus NMR &lt;br /&gt;
	Molecular flow, translation and diffusion&lt;br /&gt;
	Relaxation can be caused by a change in the local surroundings of a molecule. A change in the gravity, the magnetic field (even if caused by the presence of a magnetized iron clump which increases the local magnetic field or something similar).&lt;br /&gt;
	Non uniform magnetic fields cause relaxation. This can be caused by foreign magnetic fields or the such like.&lt;br /&gt;
	Chemical Exchanges &lt;br /&gt;
	Mostly with protons&lt;br /&gt;
	Protons can cause relaxation by simply swapping with other protons in neighbouring molecules. This can be accompanied by a change in structure or nothing at all.&lt;br /&gt;
	Relaxation is proportional to the square of the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
	J-Coupling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brownian Motion&lt;br /&gt;
	The constantly and erratic path formed by molecules in a liquid as a consequence of collisions between molecules and general tumbling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water T1/T2 relaxation times&lt;br /&gt;
	Water relaxation times are generally very long. As they tumble so quickly, they have large spaces between each molecule compared to something like collagen. &lt;br /&gt;
	Spin spin interactions and energy exchange between molecules are therefore comparatively slow when compared to tightly packed proteins such as collagen where energy exchanges are frequent and spin spin interactions are more common.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Rep:LUT1235&amp;diff=734186</id>
		<title>Rep:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Rep:LUT1235&amp;diff=734186"/>
		<updated>2018-06-27T12:59:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Transition States Exercises - 3rd Year Computational Lab&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface, a minimum is a point at which&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diels Alder ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So done the IRC - looks like its been successful - got to check about the optimisation of th eproducts at the PM6 level. I have optimised it and got a negative frequency of -44 but when using the Hartree-Fock 3-21G method I got all positive frequencies. Is this wrong?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Rep:LUT1235&amp;diff=734169</id>
		<title>Rep:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Rep:LUT1235&amp;diff=734169"/>
		<updated>2018-06-20T15:03:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: Created page with &amp;quot;= &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Transition States Exercises - 3rd Year Computational Lab&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =  === Introduction ===  On a potential energy surface, a minimum is a point at which&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Transition States Exercises - 3rd Year Computational Lab&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface, a minimum is a point at which&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624406</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624406"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:52:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Exercise 1: H + H2 System */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins. P, Paula. J, Physical Chemistry, &#039;&#039;Oxford University Press&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;2014&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =0&#039;&#039;&#039; where dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the partial derivative of r with respect to V. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. L. Cottrell, The Strengths of Chemical Bonds, 2d ed., Butterworth, London, 1958; B. deB. Darwent, National&lt;br /&gt;
Standard Reference Data Series, NationalBureau of Standards, no. 31, Washington, 1970; S. W. Benson, J. Chem. Educ.&lt;br /&gt;
42:502 (1965); and J. A. Kerr, Chem. Rev. 66:465 (1966).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state was found by setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant. During the trials, by starting from a smaller HF bond length than the HF bond length in the transition state, this means that the molecules lay on a gradient that took them towards the HF + H products side of the reaction and so further measurements were required in which the HF bond length was expanded.  This can be seen in the graph below, where the HF bond length was still too short for equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position trial.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state position was found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy, this can be seen due to the increase in oscillations up and down the wall of the potential well as the molecule disappears off into the distance. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, 2012 &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, as the reaction of HF + H has a late transition state, if the value of the translational energy is too high, then the reaction will not work as the products will split up again. This reduces the efficiency of the reaction as, even if the molecules have the required energy to theoretically get over the activation energy and past the transition complex, with too much translational or vibrational energy, the molecule will bounce back to the reactants, meaning it was unsuccessful.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are empirical rules as they have not been proved and have been bought about to explain the experimental observations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when rotational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a greater chance of succeeding.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:High RE Use.PNG|none|frame]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when translational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a smaller chance of succeeding.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:High TE Use.PNG|none|frame]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624401</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624401"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:51:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins. P, Paula. J, Physical Chemistry, &#039;&#039;Oxford University Press&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;2014&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =0 where dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the partial derivative of r with respect to V. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. L. Cottrell, The Strengths of Chemical Bonds, 2d ed., Butterworth, London, 1958; B. deB. Darwent, National&lt;br /&gt;
Standard Reference Data Series, NationalBureau of Standards, no. 31, Washington, 1970; S. W. Benson, J. Chem. Educ.&lt;br /&gt;
42:502 (1965); and J. A. Kerr, Chem. Rev. 66:465 (1966).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state was found by setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant. During the trials, by starting from a smaller HF bond length than the HF bond length in the transition state, this means that the molecules lay on a gradient that took them towards the HF + H products side of the reaction and so further measurements were required in which the HF bond length was expanded.  This can be seen in the graph below, where the HF bond length was still too short for equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position trial.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state position was found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy, this can be seen due to the increase in oscillations up and down the wall of the potential well as the molecule disappears off into the distance. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, 2012 &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, as the reaction of HF + H has a late transition state, if the value of the translational energy is too high, then the reaction will not work as the products will split up again. This reduces the efficiency of the reaction as, even if the molecules have the required energy to theoretically get over the activation energy and past the transition complex, with too much translational or vibrational energy, the molecule will bounce back to the reactants, meaning it was unsuccessful.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are empirical rules as they have not been proved and have been bought about to explain the experimental observations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when rotational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a greater chance of succeeding.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:High RE Use.PNG|none|frame]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when translational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a smaller chance of succeeding.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:High TE Use.PNG|none|frame]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:High_TE_Use.PNG&amp;diff=624396</id>
		<title>File:High TE Use.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:High_TE_Use.PNG&amp;diff=624396"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:50:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:High_RE_Use.PNG&amp;diff=624395</id>
		<title>File:High RE Use.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:High_RE_Use.PNG&amp;diff=624395"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:50:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624369</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624369"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:42:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Exercise 1: H + H2 System */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins. P, Paula. J, Physical Chemistry, &#039;&#039;Oxford University Press&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;2014&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =0 where dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the partial derivative of r with respect to V. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. L. Cottrell, The Strengths of Chemical Bonds, 2d ed., Butterworth, London, 1958; B. deB. Darwent, National&lt;br /&gt;
Standard Reference Data Series, NationalBureau of Standards, no. 31, Washington, 1970; S. W. Benson, J. Chem. Educ.&lt;br /&gt;
42:502 (1965); and J. A. Kerr, Chem. Rev. 66:465 (1966).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state was found by setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant. During the trials, by starting from a smaller HF bond length than the HF bond length in the transition state, this means that the molecules lay on a gradient that took them towards the HF + H products side of the reaction and so further measurements were required in which the HF bond length was expanded.  This can be seen in the graph below, where the HF bond length was still too short for equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position trial.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state position was found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy, this can be seen due to the increase in oscillations up and down the wall of the potential well as the molecule disappears off into the distance. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, 2012 &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, as the reaction of HF + H has a late transition state, if the value of the translational energy is too high, then the reaction will not work as the products will split up again. This reduces the efficiency of the reaction as, even if the molecules have the required energy to theoretically get over the activation energy and past the transition complex, with too much translational or vibrational energy, the molecule will bounce back to the reactants, meaning it was unsuccessful.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are empirical rules as they have not been proved and have been bought about to explain the experimental observations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when rotational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a greater chance of succeeding.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when translational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a smaller chance of succeeding.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624363</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624363"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:40:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins. P, Paula. J, Physical Chemistry, &#039;&#039;Oxford University Press&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;2014&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =0 where dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the partial derivative of r with respect to V. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. L. Cottrell, The Strengths of Chemical Bonds, 2d ed., Butterworth, London, 1958; B. deB. Darwent, National&lt;br /&gt;
Standard Reference Data Series, NationalBureau of Standards, no. 31, Washington, 1970; S. W. Benson, J. Chem. Educ.&lt;br /&gt;
42:502 (1965); and J. A. Kerr, Chem. Rev. 66:465 (1966).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state was found by setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant. During the trials, by starting from a smaller HF bond length than the HF bond length in the transition state, this means that the molecules lay on a gradient that took them towards the HF + H products side of the reaction and so further measurements were required in which the HF bond length was expanded.  This can be seen in the graph below, where the HF bond length was still too short for equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position trial.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state position was found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy, this can be seen due to the increase in oscillations up and down the wall of the potential well as the molecule disappears off into the distance. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, 2012 &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, as the reaction of HF + H has a late transition state, if the value of the translational energy is too high, then the reaction will not work as the products will split up again. This reduces the efficiency of the reaction as, even if the molecules have the required energy to theoretically get over the activation energy and past the transition complex, with too much translational or vibrational energy, the molecule will bounce back to the reactants, meaning it was unsuccessful.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are empirical rules as they have not been proved and have been bought about to explain the experimental observations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when rotational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a greater chance of succeeding.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows that when translational energy is high, and the transition state is late, then the reaction has a smaller chance of succeeding.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624260</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624260"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:07:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins. P, Paula. J, Physical Chemistry, &#039;&#039;Oxford University Press&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;2014&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =0 where dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the partial derivative of r with respect to V. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. L. Cottrell, The Strengths of Chemical Bonds, 2d ed., Butterworth, London, 1958; B. deB. Darwent, National&lt;br /&gt;
Standard Reference Data Series, NationalBureau of Standards, no. 31, Washington, 1970; S. W. Benson, J. Chem. Educ.&lt;br /&gt;
42:502 (1965); and J. A. Kerr, Chem. Rev. 66:465 (1966).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state was found by setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant. During the trials, by starting from a smaller HF bond length than the HF bond length in the transition state, this means that the molecules lay on a gradient that took them towards the HF + H products side of the reaction and so further measurements were required in which the HF bond length was expanded.  This can be seen in the graph below, where the HF bond length was still too short for equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position trial.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state position was found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, 2012 &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, as the reaction of HF + H has a late transition state, if the value of the translational energy is too high, then the reaction will not work as the products will split up again. This reduces the efficiency of the reaction as, even if the molecules have the required energy to theoretically get over the activation energy and past the transition complex, with too much translational or vibrational energy, the molecule will bounce back to the reactants, meaning it was unsuccessful.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are empirical rules as they have not been proved and have been bought about to explain the experimental observations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H2%2BF_position_trial.PNG&amp;diff=624252</id>
		<title>File:H2+F position trial.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H2%2BF_position_trial.PNG&amp;diff=624252"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T14:06:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624214</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624214"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T13:58:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atkins. P, Paula. J, Physical Chemistry, &#039;&#039;Oxford University Press&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;2014&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =0 where dV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is the partial derivative of r with respect to V. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. L. Cottrell, The Strengths of Chemical Bonds, 2d ed., Butterworth, London, 1958; B. deB. Darwent, National&lt;br /&gt;
Standard Reference Data Series, NationalBureau of Standards, no. 31, Washington, 1970; S. W. Benson, J. Chem. Educ.&lt;br /&gt;
42:502 (1965); and J. A. Kerr, Chem. Rev. 66:465 (1966).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, 2012 &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, as the reaction of HF + H has a late transition state, if the value of the translational energy is too high, then the reaction will not work as the products will split up again. This reduces the efficiency of the reaction as, even if the molecules have the required energy to theoretically get over the activation energy and past the transition complex, with too much translational or vibrational energy, the molecule will bounce back to the reactants, meaning it was unsuccessful.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are empirical rules as they have not been proved and have been bought about to explain the experimental observations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624153</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624153"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T13:45:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, as the reaction of HF + H has a late transition state, if the value of the translational energy is too high, then the reaction will not work as the products will split up again. This reduces the efficiency of the reaction as, even if the molecules have the required energy to theoretically get over the activation energy and past the transition complex, with too much translational or vibrational energy, the molecule will bounce back to the reactants, meaning it was unsuccessful.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are empirical rules as they have not been proved and have been bought about to explain the experimental observations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Citations ==&lt;br /&gt;
1)Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, 2012 &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624117</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624117"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T13:34:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-133.9)= 30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Citations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1)Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2012&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624114</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624114"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T13:33:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP run reveals that the transition state energy is more accurately found to be -103.75 kcal.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completing the same calculations for the activation energy gives the following results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.75-(-103.9)=0.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 627.6 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-133.9-(-103.75)= -30.15 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = -126.1 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (4 s.f)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Citations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1)Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2012&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624107</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624107"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T13:30:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-133.9)= 30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Citations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1)Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2012&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624048</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=624048"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T13:16:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Citations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-133.9-(-103.3)= -30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = -128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the reactants. In this case translational energy is more likely to promote the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Citations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1)Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2012&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=623974</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=623974"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T12:51:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-133.9-(-103.3)= -30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = -128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi Rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a transition state resembling the products - a late transition state - than translational energy. The opposite is true for a transition state resembling the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Citations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1)Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, Zhaojun Zhang, Yong Zhou, Dong H. Zhang, Gábor Czakó, and Joel M. Bowman, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2012&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; (23), 3416-3419, DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=623912</id>
		<title>MRD:LUT1235</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:LUT1235&amp;diff=623912"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T12:33:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jb4814: /* Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Physical Modelling Course - Year 2 Chemistry Imperial College London&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;What value does the total gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The total gradient of the potential energy surface at a minimum and at a transition structure is 0. The transition structure can be distinguished as this is the point where maximum potential energy exists on the energy line that links the reactants to the products. The double partial derivative of this point will be negative as it is a maximum on the potential energy line. The transition state can be further distinguished by the fact the the gradient either side of this maximum is steepest along the line between reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minima can be distinguished as its double partial derivative will be positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” screenshot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate given for the transition state position is given by the position where the vibrations are of a negligible proportion and the final momenta of the hydrogen molecules are 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.907755 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To 3 significant figures this is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was found for a trajectory gave the bond lengths to be constant with time as the following screenshot shows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics Rts H2.png|frame|The graph of inter-nuclear distance against time with the initial momentum set to 0 and the radii set to values (0.907755 Angstrom) where the vibration would be negligible&lt;br /&gt;
|none|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep has no vibrations after the reaction has taken place. As shown by this surface plot, the molecules move in a straight line along the bottom of the valley once the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the energy resets to 0 upon each calculation and so when the bond lengths reach the equilibrium distance the energy is set to 0 before the next calculation and so no further oscillations will take place. Therefore the momentum of the molecule (p=mv) is also 0 and therefore the molecule can only take the route of minimum energy and not deviate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path MEP JB.png|none|frame|764x764px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the minimum energy path setting. The path follows the bottom of the valley closely with no vibrations. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the dynamic trajectory includes some vibrations after the reaction has taken place. This is due to the fact that the programme takes into consideration bond vibrations and so the energy is not 0 and so can deviate from the minimum line, albeit very slightly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics JB.png|none|thumb|1008x1008px|The trajectory of the hydrogen atoms in the dynamic setting. The path of the hydrogen atoms does not follow the valley of the surface potential plot as closely as the mep trajectory as the initial conditions were not set exactly to the equilibrium bond length. This means that vibrations will continue after the reaction has taken place.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) What do you observe?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the momentum of the particles has changed and that their new momentum maps exactly onto the momentum of the particle on the opposite side of the molecule. As the graphs show, the momenta and the internuclear distance behaves exactly the same. This is due to the symmetry of the molecule. The graphs therefore are identical other than the labeling of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear momenta v t JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 1.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 Reaction Path dynamics internuclear dist v t r1+d JB 2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) Complete the table by adding a column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a screenshot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Successful or Not?&lt;br /&gt;
!Trajectory Route&lt;br /&gt;
!What happens along the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 1 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 2 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which is vibrating initially. Atom C continues to get closer but its relative speed to the molecule of hydrogen decreases as it converts its kinetic energy to potential energy as it draws closer to the molecule. Its nearest approach is X Angstroms before it has no further kinetic energy with which to approach and for a new bond. Then it is repelled by the molecule of hydrogen and its potential energy begins to be turned to kinetic energy and it accelerates away from the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 3 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has small initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close but as B and C begin to oscillate the speed of A also oscillates such that the relative speed AC remains constant. The resulting hydrogen molecule (BC) continues to oscillate after the reaction has gone to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Unsuccessful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 4 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen (A-B) at a relative velocity that is quite high. The A-B molecule has negligible vibrations initially. Atom C starts large oscillations around B, pushing atom A further out which is where the reaction co-ordinate appears to cross the barrier, which it does. However, atom A eventually starts oscillating around B as well and these vibrations are large enough to cross the barrier for a second time and slowly push the still oscillating atom C further away from the central atom meaning that we end up with the initial reactants &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Successful&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Yes or No - conditions 5 - JB.PNG|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches the molecule of hydrogen A-B which has minimal initial vibrations. Once atom C gets within X Angstroms, atom A begins to move away from atom B with increasing speed as C gets increasingly close pushing the reaction co-ordinate across the barrier. As atom C begins to oscillate, atom A initially has a lot of vibrational energy and moves back in and begins to oscillate, pushing the reaction back across the barrier. However, C is still oscillating with large vibrational energy and pushes the reaction once again across the barrier and this time atom C does not have sufficient kinetic energy to have to react, moving further and further away whilst still oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6) State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition state theory are that there are reactants that occupy one energy level and products which occupy a different energy level and these two plateaus are joined by a curve that passes through a maximum. This maximum is known as the transition state, where the energy of the arrangement of the molecules is the highest and therefore the arrangement is the least stable. The gap between the reactant energy level and the energy of the transition state is known as the activation energy. This model assumes that if we give a group of molecules enough energy (in excess of the activation energy), then the molecules will always rearrange into the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation of this model is in the fact that as we apply more energy to the system then the results get more chaotic and the results of which become more uncertain - something that is not accommodated in the transition state model. Giving the molecules a lot of energy means that the reaction can cross the activation barrier several times and be effected by several different factors including solvent and other reaction molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory will be larger than the experimental rate of reaction as the experimental rate will be affected by molecules bouncing over the activation barrier several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1) Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F to form HF +H shows that the energy of the products is lower than the energy of the reactants. This suggests that the reaction is exothermic. The energy of the products is shown in the graph below coming out of the page towards us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction of HF+ H to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is the exact reverse of this reaction and is therefore endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Molecular Dynamics H2 + F energy plot.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H+HF to form HF+H is symmetrical and as the products and reactants are identical, they cannot be distinguished unless they are in a lattice or they are chemically labelled. Therefore, the reaction is neither exothermic nor endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fact that a reaction is exothermic or endothermic is a reflection on the stability and the bond strength of the reactants and the products. The side of the reaction with lower energy (whether this is the reactants in the case of an endothermic reaction or the products in the case of an exothermic reaction) is the more stable side. This means that the HF bond formed in the case of the above exothermic reaction is stronger than the H-H bond that is present in the reactants. This means that, taking the transition state (point of highest energy on the minimum energy path from reactants to products) as the point of reference, more energy is released when the stronger HF bond is formed compared to the energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammonds Postulate which suggests that &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;If two states appear in consecutive steps of a reaction and involve only a small difference in energy, then the difference between the two states involves a small rearrangement of molecules&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests that the transition state appears more like the side of higher energy than the side with lower energy. In this case, The transition state will appear more similar to the reactants than the products and therefore the covalent bond between the hydrogen atoms will probably still exist and therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will be much greater than the 0.94 Angstrom bond length of HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By setting the momenta to 0 and setting &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms, and then increasing &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;until the internuclear distance remains constant, it was found that the approximate transition state was when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;0.745 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81069322293 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which to 3 significant figures:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;1.81 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is shown by the internuclear distance graph below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F position.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2) Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is the energy difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. The energy of each state can be seen as the z co-ordinate of each of the positions in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be measured by using the co-ordinate picker on the surface plot as can be seen when used for the transition state energy point on the graph below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F transition state energy.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the energy of the transition state is -103.3 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar calculations find that for the HF + H system, the energy of the system is found to be -133.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whilst the energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system is found to be -103.9 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-103.3-(-103.9)=0.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = 2510 J mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii)  HF + H --&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of this reaction is found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-133.9-(-103.3)= -30.6 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; = -128 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3) In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction conditions that allow for a successful reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; can be seen in the surface plot below and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 0.74 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2.30 Angstroms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -0.5 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 Ns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Succesful F+H2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen, the momentum of the fluorine atom with respect to the the hydrogen molecule has to be high enough in order that the fluorine atom can approach close enough that it can react with the hydrogen molecule. As previously discussed, the reaction is endothermic, the potential energy decreases. From the conservation of energy, this means that some form of kinetic energy must be increased in order to counter the decrease in potential energy. From the graph, this appears to be an increase in vibrational energy in the HF molecule. The bond length has large oscillations which requires kinetic energy. Furthermore, this energy could be dissipated as rotational energy and in the momentum of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by calorimetry. This measures the heat released by the reaction - this heat is in effect the kinetic energy of the particles being passed on to other molecules as they bump into each other without reacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4) Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noticed that when |3|&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;|2|, the reaction goes through stages when the momentum is enough so that the system is reactive but also goes through stages where the system is not reactive as the vibrational energy of the H-F bond that is formed is so great that it breaks itself once formed and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is reformed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;&#039;P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;|2|, no matter what the value, the reaction is unsuccessful. This is due to the fact that the momentum of the fluorine is not relatively large enough to approach close enough to the molecule to react or even influence the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond length, despite the fact that the oscillations between the to hydrogen atoms are still quite large. This can be seen in the following graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.0.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.2.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.6.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -2.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH -3.PNG|none|frame]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5) For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We observe that the system is now set up to be successful but it takes some time for the final result to be known. This is due to the fact that the reaction is proposed to pass through the transition complex several times as the potential and vibrational energy is such that the molecules of HF and HH are continually breaking apart and reforming as can be seen in the graph below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F PHH 0.1 PFH 0.8.PNG|none|frame]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jb4814</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>